2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Name: wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h
|
|
|
|
// Purpose: Buffer for wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
// Author: Julian Smart
|
|
|
|
// Modified by:
|
|
|
|
// Created: 2005-09-30
|
|
|
|
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
|
2010-07-13 09:29:13 -04:00
|
|
|
// Licence: wxWindows licence
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
The line break character that can be embedded in content.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
extern const wxChar wxRichTextLineBreakChar;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
File types in wxRichText context.
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxRichTextFileType
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY = 0,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_HTML,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_RTF,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_PDF
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Flags determining the available space, passed to Layout.
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_WIDTH 0x01
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_HEIGHT 0x02
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_WIDTH 0x04
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_HEIGHT 0x08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Only lay out the part of the buffer that lies within
|
|
|
|
// the rect passed to Layout.
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT 0x10
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Flags to pass to Draw
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Ignore paragraph cache optimization, e.g. for printing purposes
|
|
|
|
// where one line may be drawn higher (on the next page) compared
|
|
|
|
// with the previous line
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE 0x01
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED 0x02
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_PRINT 0x04
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES 0x08
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Flags returned from hit-testing, or passed to hit-test function.
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxRichTextHitTestFlags
|
|
|
|
{
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// The point was not on this object
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE = 0x01,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// The point was before the position returned from HitTest
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE = 0x02,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// The point was after the position returned from HitTest
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER = 0x04,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// The point was on the position returned from HitTest
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_ON = 0x08,
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// The point was on space outside content
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE = 0x10,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Only do hit-testing at the current level (don't traverse into top-level objects)
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS = 0x20,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Ignore floating objects
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_FLOATING_OBJECTS = 0x40,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Don't recurse into objects marked as atomic
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_HONOUR_ATOMIC = 0x80
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Flags for GetRangeSize.
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_FORMATTED 0x01
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED 0x02
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE 0x04
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY 0x08
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Flags for SetStyle/SetListStyle.
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE 0x00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Specifies that this operation should be undoable
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO 0x01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Specifies that the style should not be applied if the
|
|
|
|
// combined style at this point is already the style in question.
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE 0x02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Specifies that the style should only be applied to paragraphs,
|
|
|
|
// and not the content. This allows content styling to be
|
|
|
|
// preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style.
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Specifies that the style should only be applied to characters,
|
|
|
|
// and not the paragraph. This allows content styling to be
|
|
|
|
// preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style.
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// For SetListStyle only: specifies starting from the given number, otherwise
|
|
|
|
// deduces number from existing attributes
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER 0x10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// For SetListStyle only: specifies the list level for all paragraphs, otherwise
|
|
|
|
// the current indentation will be used
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL 0x20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Resets the existing style before applying the new style
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET 0x40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Removes the given style instead of applying it
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE 0x80
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 07:56:53 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Flags for SetProperties.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE 0x00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Specifies that this operation should be undoable
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO 0x01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Specifies that the properties should only be applied to paragraphs,
|
|
|
|
// and not the content.
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Specifies that the properties should only be applied to characters,
|
|
|
|
// and not the paragraph.
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Resets the existing properties before applying the new properties.
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET 0x08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Removes the given properties instead of applying them.
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE 0x10
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Flags for object insertion.
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_NONE 0x00
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE 0x01
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_INTERACTIVE 0x02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A special flag telling the buffer to keep the first paragraph style
|
|
|
|
// as-is, when deleting a paragraph marker. In future we might pass a
|
|
|
|
// flag to InsertFragment and DeleteRange to indicate the appropriate mode.
|
|
|
|
#define wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE 0x10000000
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default superscript/subscript font multiplication factor.
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR 1.5
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
The type for wxTextAttrDimension flags.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
typedef unsigned short wxTextAttrDimensionFlags;
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Miscellaneous text box flags
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxTextBoxAttrFlags
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT = 0x00000001,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR = 0x00000002,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS = 0x00000004,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT = 0x00000008
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Whether a value is present, used in dimension flags.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxTextAttrValueFlags
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID = 0x1000,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK = 0x1000
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Units, included in the dimension value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxTextAttrUnits
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM = 0x0001,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS = 0x0002,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE = 0x0004,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_POINTS = 0x0008,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK = 0x000F
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Position alternatives, included in the dimension flags.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxTextBoxAttrPosition
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_STATIC = 0x0000, // Default is static, i.e. as per normal layout
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE = 0x0010, // Relative to the relevant edge
|
2012-05-16 06:59:30 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_ABSOLUTE = 0x0020, // Relative to the parent
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_FIXED = 0x0040, // Relative to the top-level window
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK = 0x00F0
|
|
|
|
};
|
2008-03-08 09:43:31 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxTextAttrDimension
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A class representing a rich text dimension, including units and position.
|
2008-03-08 09:43:31 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
2008-03-09 13:09:29 -04:00
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
2008-03-08 09:43:31 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimensions
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxTextAttrDimension
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension() { Reset(); }
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Constructor taking value and units flag.
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { m_value = value; m_flags = units|wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Resets the dimension value and flags.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void Reset() { m_value = 0; m_flags = 0; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
|
|
|
|
have to be present if those attributes of @a dim are present. If @a weakTest is
|
|
|
|
@false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a dim but not
|
|
|
|
in this object.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, bool weakTest = true) const;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/** Apply the dimension, but not those identical to @a compareWith if present.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, const wxTextAttrDimension* compareWith = NULL);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/** Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
|
|
|
|
which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimension& attr, wxTextAttrDimension& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimension& absentAttr);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Equality operator.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const { return m_value == dim.m_value && m_flags == dim.m_flags; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the integer value of the dimension.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
int GetValue() const { return m_value; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the floating-pointing value of the dimension in mm.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
float GetValueMM() const { return float(m_value) / 10.0; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the value of the dimension in mm.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetValueMM(float value) { m_value = (int) ((value * 10.0) + 0.5); m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the integer value of the dimension.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetValue(int value) { m_value = value; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the integer value of the dimension, passing dimension flags.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { SetValue(value); m_flags = flags; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the integer value and units.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_value = value; m_flags = units | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the dimension.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetValue(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { (*this) = dim; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Gets the units of the dimension.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrUnits GetUnits() const { return (wxTextAttrUnits) (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK); }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the units of the dimension.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetUnits(wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK; m_flags |= units; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Gets the position flags.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttrPosition GetPosition() const { return (wxTextBoxAttrPosition) (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK); }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the position flags.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetPosition(wxTextBoxAttrPosition pos) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK; m_flags |= pos; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns @true if the dimension is valid.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
bool IsValid() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID) != 0; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the valid flag.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetValid(bool b) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK; m_flags |= (b ? wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID : 0); }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Gets the dimension flags.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimensionFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the dimension flags.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetFlags(wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_flags = flags; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
int m_value;
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimensionFlags m_flags;
|
|
|
|
};
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxTextAttrDimensions
|
|
|
|
A class for left, right, top and bottom dimensions.
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxTextAttrDimensions
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimensions() {}
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Resets the value and flags for all dimensions.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Equality operator.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims) const { return m_left == dims.m_left && m_top == dims.m_top && m_right == dims.m_right && m_bottom == dims.m_bottom; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
|
|
|
|
have to be present if those attributes of @a dim sare present. If @a weakTest is
|
|
|
|
@false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a dims but not
|
|
|
|
in this object.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, bool weakTest = true) const;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-16 06:59:30 -04:00
|
|
|
Apply to 'this', but not if the same as @a compareWith.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, const wxTextAttrDimensions* compareWith = NULL);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
|
|
|
|
which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr, wxTextAttrDimensions& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimensions& absentAttr);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Remove specified attributes from this object.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Gets the left dimension.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_left; }
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_left; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Gets the right dimension.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_right; }
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_right; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Gets the top dimension.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_top; }
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_top; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Gets the bottom dimension.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-04 11:32:08 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Are all dimensions valid?
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() && m_top.IsValid() && m_right.IsValid() && m_bottom.IsValid(); }
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension m_left;
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension m_top;
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension m_right;
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension m_bottom;
|
|
|
|
};
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxTextAttrSize
|
|
|
|
A class for representing width and height.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxTextAttrSize
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrSize() {}
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Resets the width and height dimensions.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void Reset() { m_width.Reset(); m_height.Reset(); }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Equality operator.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
bool operator==(const wxTextAttrSize& size) const { return m_width == size.m_width && m_height == size.m_height ; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
|
|
|
|
have to be present if those attributes of @a size are present. If @a weakTest is
|
|
|
|
@false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a size but not
|
|
|
|
in this object.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrSize& size, bool weakTest = true) const;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-16 06:59:30 -04:00
|
|
|
Apply to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
bool Apply(const wxTextAttrSize& dims, const wxTextAttrSize* compareWith = NULL);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
|
|
|
|
which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrSize& attr, wxTextAttrSize& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrSize& absentAttr);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Removes the specified attributes from this object.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrSize& attr);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the width.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_width; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_width; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the width.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_width.SetValue(value, flags); }
|
2012-01-15 13:26:58 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the width.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_width.SetValue(value, units); }
|
2012-01-15 13:26:58 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the width.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_width.SetValue(dim); }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Gets the height.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_height; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_height; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the height.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_height.SetValue(value, flags); }
|
2012-01-15 13:26:58 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the height.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_height.SetValue(value, units); }
|
2012-01-15 13:26:58 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the height.
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetHeight(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_height.SetValue(dim); }
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-15 13:26:58 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Is the size valid?
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsValid() const { return m_width.IsValid() && m_height.IsValid(); }
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension m_width;
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension m_height;
|
|
|
|
};
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
|
|
|
|
A class to make it easier to convert dimensions.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxTextAttrDimensionConverter
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Constructor.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(wxDC& dc, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Constructor.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(int ppi, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Gets the pixel size for the given dimension.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
int GetPixels(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, int direction = wxHORIZONTAL) const;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Gets the mm size for the given dimension.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
int GetTenthsMM(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Converts tenths of a mm to pixels.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int units) const;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Converts pixels to tenths of a mm.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int pixels) const;
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
int m_ppi;
|
|
|
|
double m_scale;
|
|
|
|
wxSize m_parentSize;
|
|
|
|
};
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Border styles, used with wxTextAttrBorder.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxTextAttrBorderStyle
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE = 0,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_SOLID = 1,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED = 2,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED = 3,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOUBLE = 4,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_GROOVE = 5,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_RIDGE = 6,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_INSET = 7,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_OUTSET = 8
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Border style presence flags, used with wxTextAttrBorder.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxTextAttrBorderFlags
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE = 0x0001,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR = 0x0002
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Border width symbols for qualitative widths, used with wxTextAttrBorder.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxTextAttrBorderWidth
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THIN = -1,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_MEDIUM = -2,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THICK = -3
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Float styles.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE = 0,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT = 1,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT = 2
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clear styles.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_NONE = 0,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_LEFT = 1,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_RIGHT = 2,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_BOTH = 3
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Collapse mode styles. TODO: can they be switched on per side?
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_NONE = 0,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_FULL = 1
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Vertical alignment values.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
enum wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_NONE = 0,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP = 1,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE = 2,
|
|
|
|
wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_BOTTOM = 3
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxTextAttrBorder
|
|
|
|
A class representing a rich text object border.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorders
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxTextAttrBorder
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder() { Reset(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Equality operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorder& border) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return m_flags == border.m_flags && m_borderStyle == border.m_borderStyle &&
|
|
|
|
m_borderColour == border.m_borderColour && m_borderWidth == border.m_borderWidth;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Resets the border style, colour, width and flags.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Reset() { m_borderStyle = 0; m_borderColour = 0; m_flags = 0; m_borderWidth.Reset(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
|
|
|
|
have to be present if those attributes of @a border are present. If @a weakTest is
|
|
|
|
@false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a border but not
|
|
|
|
in this object.
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, bool weakTest = true) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Applies the border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, const wxTextAttrBorder* compareWith = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes the specified attributes from this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
|
|
|
|
which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr, wxTextAttrBorder& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorder& absentAttr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the border style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetStyle(int style) { m_borderStyle = style; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the border style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetStyle() const { return m_borderStyle; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the border colour.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetColour(unsigned long colour) { m_borderColour = colour; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the border colour.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour.GetRGB(); m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the colour as a long.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
unsigned long GetColourLong() const { return m_borderColour; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the colour.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxColour GetColour() const { return wxColour(m_borderColour); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the border width.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_borderWidth; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_borderWidth; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the border width.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width) { m_borderWidth = width; }
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the border width.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
True if the border has a valid style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool HasStyle() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE) != 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
True if the border has a valid colour.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool HasColour() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR) != 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
True if the border has a valid width.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool HasWidth() const { return m_borderWidth.IsValid(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
True if the border is valid.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsValid() const { return HasWidth(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Set the valid flag for this border.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void MakeValid() { m_borderWidth.SetValid(true); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the border flags.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the border flags.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds a border flag.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void AddFlag(int flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes a border flag.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void RemoveFlag(int flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int m_borderStyle;
|
|
|
|
unsigned long m_borderColour;
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension m_borderWidth;
|
|
|
|
int m_flags;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxTextAttrBorders
|
|
|
|
A class representing a rich text object's borders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorder
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxTextAttrBorders
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorders() { }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Equality operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders) const
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return m_left == borders.m_left && m_right == borders.m_right &&
|
|
|
|
m_top == borders.m_top && m_bottom == borders.m_bottom;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the style of all borders.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetStyle(int style);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets colour of all borders.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetColour(unsigned long colour);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the colour for all borders.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetColour(const wxColour& colour);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the width of all borders.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the width of all borders.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Resets all borders.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
|
|
|
|
have to be present if those attributes of @a borders are present. If @a weakTest is
|
|
|
|
@false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a borders but not
|
|
|
|
in this object.
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, bool weakTest = true) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Applies border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, const wxTextAttrBorders* compareWith = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes the specified attributes from this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
|
|
|
|
which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, wxTextAttrBorders& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorders& absentAttr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if all borders are valid.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() || m_right.IsValid() || m_top.IsValid() || m_bottom.IsValid(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the left border.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() const { return m_left; }
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() { return m_left; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the right border.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() const { return m_right; }
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() { return m_right; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the top border.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() const { return m_top; }
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() { return m_top; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the bottom border.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder m_left, m_right, m_top, m_bottom;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxTextBoxAttr
|
|
|
|
A class representing the box attributes of a rich text object.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxTextBoxAttr
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttr() { Init(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { Init(); (*this) = attr; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Initialises this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Init() { Reset(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Resets this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Reset();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Copy. Unnecessary since we let it do a binary copy
|
|
|
|
//void Copy(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Assignment
|
|
|
|
//void operator= (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Equality test.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool operator== (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
Partial equality test, ignoring unset attributes. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
|
|
|
|
have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is
|
|
|
|
@false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not
|
|
|
|
in this object.
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
bool EqPartial(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith is non-NULL, then it will be used
|
|
|
|
to mask out those attributes that are the same in style and @a compareWith, for
|
|
|
|
situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool Apply(const wxTextBoxAttr& style, const wxTextBoxAttr* compareWith = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
|
|
|
|
which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, wxTextBoxAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextBoxAttr& absentAttr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes the specified attributes from this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the flags.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the flags.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Is this flag present?
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool HasFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) const { return (m_flags & flag) != 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes this flag.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void RemoveFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds this flag.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void AddFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if no attributes are set.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsDefault() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the float mode.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle GetFloatMode() const { return m_floatMode; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the float mode.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetFloatMode(wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle mode) { m_floatMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if float mode is active.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool HasFloatMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object is floating.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsFloating() const { return HasFloatMode() && GetFloatMode() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the clear mode - whether to wrap text after object. Currently unimplemented.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle GetClearMode() const { return m_clearMode; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Set the clear mode. Currently unimplemented.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetClearMode(wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle mode) { m_clearMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if we have a clear flag.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool HasClearMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders. Currently unimplemented.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode GetCollapseBorders() const { return m_collapseMode; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders. Currently unimplemented.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetCollapseBorders(wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode collapse) { m_collapseMode = collapse; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the collapse borders flag is present.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool HasCollapseBorders() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the vertical alignment.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment GetVerticalAlignment() const { return m_verticalAlignment; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the vertical alignment.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetVerticalAlignment(wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment verticalAlignment) { m_verticalAlignment = verticalAlignment; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if a vertical alignment flag is present.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool HasVerticalAlignment() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the margin values.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() { return m_margins; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() const { return m_margins; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the left margin.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() { return m_margins.m_left; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() const { return m_margins.m_left; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the right margin.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() { return m_margins.m_right; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() const { return m_margins.m_right; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the top margin.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() { return m_margins.m_top; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() const { return m_margins.m_top; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the bottom margin.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() { return m_margins.m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() const { return m_margins.m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() { return m_position; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the left position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_position.m_left; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_position.m_left; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the right position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_position.m_right; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_position.m_right; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the top position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_position.m_top; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_position.m_top; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the bottom position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_position.m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_position.m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the padding values.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() { return m_padding; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() const { return m_padding; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the left padding value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() { return m_padding.m_left; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() const { return m_padding.m_left; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the right padding value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() { return m_padding.m_right; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() const { return m_padding.m_right; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the top padding value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() { return m_padding.m_top; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() const { return m_padding.m_top; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the bottom padding value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() { return m_padding.m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() const { return m_padding.m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the borders.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() { return m_border; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() const { return m_border; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the left border.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() { return m_border.m_left; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() const { return m_border.m_left; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the top border.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() { return m_border.m_top; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() const { return m_border.m_top; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the right border.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() { return m_border.m_right; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() const { return m_border.m_right; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the bottom border.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() { return m_border.m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() const { return m_border.m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the outline.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() { return m_outline; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() const { return m_outline; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the left outline.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() { return m_outline.m_left; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() const { return m_outline.m_left; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the top outline.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() { return m_outline.m_top; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() const { return m_outline.m_top; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the right outline.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() { return m_outline.m_right; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() const { return m_outline.m_right; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the bottom outline.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() { return m_outline.m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() const { return m_outline.m_bottom; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() { return m_size; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() const { return m_size; }
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-15 13:26:58 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object minimum size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() { return m_minSize; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() const { return m_minSize; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object maximum size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() { return m_maxSize; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() const { return m_maxSize; }
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the object size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_size = sz; }
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-15 13:26:58 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the object minimum size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetMinSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_minSize = sz; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the object maximum size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetMaxSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_maxSize = sz; }
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object width.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_size.m_width; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_size.m_width; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object height.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_size.m_height; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_size.m_height; }
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-02 16:18:05 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the box style name.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxString& GetBoxStyleName() const { return m_boxStyleName; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the box style name.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetBoxStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_boxStyleName = name; AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the box style name is present.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool HasBoxStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); }
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int m_flags;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimensions m_margins;
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimensions m_padding;
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrDimensions m_position;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrSize m_size;
|
2012-01-15 13:26:58 -05:00
|
|
|
wxTextAttrSize m_minSize;
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrSize m_maxSize;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorders m_border;
|
|
|
|
wxTextAttrBorders m_outline;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle m_floatMode;
|
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle m_clearMode;
|
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode m_collapseMode;
|
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment m_verticalAlignment;
|
2012-01-02 16:18:05 -05:00
|
|
|
wxString m_boxStyleName;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextAttr
|
|
|
|
A class representing enhanced attributes for rich text objects.
|
|
|
|
This adds a wxTextBoxAttr member to the basic wxTextAttr class.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextAttr, wxTextBoxAttr, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextAttr: public wxTextAttr
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Constructor taking a wxTextAttr.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttr(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttr(const wxRichTextAttr& attr): wxTextAttr() { Copy(attr); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttr() {}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy function.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Assignment operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void operator=(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) { Copy(attr); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Assignment operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void operator=(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Equality test.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool operator==(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not
|
|
|
|
have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is
|
|
|
|
@false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not
|
|
|
|
in this object.
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
bool EqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith
|
|
|
|
is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style
|
|
|
|
and @a compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool Apply(const wxRichTextAttr& style, const wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
|
|
|
|
which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes the specified attributes from this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool RemoveStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the text box attributes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() { return m_textBoxAttr; }
|
|
|
|
const wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() const { return m_textBoxAttr; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Set the text box attributes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { m_textBoxAttr = attr; }
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-04 07:52:14 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if no attributes are set.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsDefault() const { return (GetFlags() == 0) && m_textBoxAttr.IsDefault(); }
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxTextBoxAttr m_textBoxAttr;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextAttrArray;
|
|
|
|
class wxRichTextVariantArray;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextProperties
|
|
|
|
A simple property class using wxVariants. This is used to give each rich text object the
|
|
|
|
ability to store custom properties that can be used by the application.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextProperties: public wxObject
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextProperties() {}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props): wxObject() { Copy(props); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Assignment operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void operator=(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { Copy(props); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Equality operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool operator==(const wxRichTextProperties& props) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copies from @a props.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props.m_properties; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the variant at the given index.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) const { return m_properties[idx]; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the variant at the given index.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) { return m_properties[idx]; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears the properties.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Clear() { m_properties.Clear(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the array of variants implementing the properties.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the array of variants implementing the properties.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() { return m_properties; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the array of variants.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetProperties(const wxRichTextVariantArray& props) { m_properties = props; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns all the property names.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxArrayString GetPropertyNames() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns a count of the properties.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
size_t GetCount() const { return m_properties.GetCount(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the given property is found.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool HasProperty(const wxString& name) const { return Find(name) != -1; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Finds the given property.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int Find(const wxString& name) const;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 07:56:53 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes the given property.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool Remove(const wxString& name);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the property variant by name.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxVariant& GetProperty(const wxString& name) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Finds or creates a property with the given name, returning a pointer to the variant.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxVariant* FindOrCreateProperty(const wxString& name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the value of the named property as a string.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxString GetPropertyString(const wxString& name) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the value of the named property as a long integer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
long GetPropertyLong(const wxString& name) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the value of the named property as a boolean.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool GetPropertyBool(const wxString& name) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the value of the named property as a double.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
double GetPropertyDouble(const wxString& name) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the property by passing a variant which contains a name and value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetProperty(const wxVariant& variant);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets a property by name and variant.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxVariant& variant);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets a property by name and string value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets property by name and long integer value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetProperty(const wxString& name, long value);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets property by name and double value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetProperty(const wxString& name, double value);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets property by name and boolean value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetProperty(const wxString& name, bool value);
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 07:56:53 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes the given properties from these properties.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void RemoveProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Merges the given properties with these properties.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void MergeProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextVariantArray m_properties;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextFontTable
|
|
|
|
Manages quick access to a pool of fonts for rendering rich text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextFontTable: public wxObject
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFontTable();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table);
|
|
|
|
virtual ~wxRichTextFontTable();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the font table is valid.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsOk() const { return m_refData != NULL; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Finds a font for the given attribute object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxFont FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears the font table.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Clear();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Assignment operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void operator= (const wxRichTextFontTable& table);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Equality operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool operator == (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Inequality operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool operator != (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const { return !(*this == table); }
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Set the font scale factor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetFontScale(double fontScale);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
double m_fontScale;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextRange
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This stores beginning and end positions for a range of data.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextRange
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
// Constructors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange() { m_start = 0; m_end = 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Constructor taking start and end positions.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; }
|
|
|
|
~wxRichTextRange() {}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Assigns @a range to this range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void operator =(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Equality operator. Returns @true if @a range is the same as this range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool operator ==(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start == range.m_start && m_end == range.m_end); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Inequality operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool operator !=(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start != range.m_start || m_end != range.m_end); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Subtracts a range from this range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange operator -(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start - range.m_start, m_end - range.m_end); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds a range to this range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange operator +(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start + range.m_start, m_end + range.m_end); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the range start and end positions.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the start position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetStart(long start) { m_start = start; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the start position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
long GetStart() const { return m_start; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the end position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetEnd(long end) { m_end = end; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the end position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
long GetEnd() const { return m_end; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns true if this range is completely outside @a range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsOutside(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return range.m_start > m_end || range.m_end < m_start; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns true if this range is completely within @a range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsWithin(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return m_start >= range.m_start && m_end <= range.m_end; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns true if @a pos was within the range. Does not match if the range is empty.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool Contains(long pos) const { return pos >= m_start && pos <= m_end ; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Limit this range to be within @a range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool LimitTo(const wxRichTextRange& range) ;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the length of the range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
long GetLength() const { return m_end - m_start + 1; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Swaps the start and end.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Swap() { long tmp = m_start; m_start = m_end; m_end = tmp; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Converts the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last character in
|
|
|
|
the range, to the internal form, which uses the first and last character
|
|
|
|
positions of the range. In other words, one is subtracted from the end position.
|
|
|
|
(n, n) is the range of a single character.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange ToInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end-1); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Converts the internal range, which uses the first and last character positions
|
|
|
|
of the range, to the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last
|
|
|
|
character in the range. In other words, one is added to the end position.
|
|
|
|
(n, n+1) is the range of a single character.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange FromInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end+1); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
long m_start;
|
|
|
|
long m_end;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextRangeArray;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_ALL wxRichTextRange(-2, -2)
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_NONE wxRichTextRange(-1, -1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION wxRichTextRange(-2, -2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextSelection
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stores selection information. The selection does not have to be contiguous, though currently non-contiguous
|
|
|
|
selections are only supported for a range of table cells (a geometric block of cells can consist
|
|
|
|
of a set of non-contiguous positions).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The selection consists of an array of ranges, and the container that is the context for the selection. It
|
|
|
|
follows that a single selection object can only represent ranges with the same parent container.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextSelection
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Creates a selection from a range and a container.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextSelection() { Reset(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Resets the selection.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Reset() { m_ranges.Clear(); m_container = NULL; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the selection.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Set(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container)
|
|
|
|
{ m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds a range to the selection.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Add(const wxRichTextRange& range)
|
|
|
|
{ m_ranges.Add(range); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the selections from an array of ranges and a container object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Set(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container)
|
|
|
|
{ m_ranges = ranges; m_container = container; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copies from @a sel.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextSelection& sel)
|
|
|
|
{ m_ranges = sel.m_ranges; m_container = sel.m_container; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Assignment operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void operator=(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Equality operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool operator==(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Index operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange operator[](size_t i) const { return GetRange(i); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the selection ranges.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() { return m_ranges; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the selection ranges.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() const { return m_ranges; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the selection ranges.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetRanges(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges) { m_ranges = ranges; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of ranges in the selection.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
size_t GetCount() const { return m_ranges.GetCount(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the range at the given index.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange GetRange(size_t i) const { return m_ranges[i]; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the first range if there is one, otherwise wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange GetRange() const { return (m_ranges.GetCount() > 0) ? (m_ranges[0]) : wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets a single range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the container for which the selection is valid.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const { return m_container; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the container for which the selection is valid.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetContainer(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_container = container; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the selection is valid.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsValid() const { return m_ranges.GetCount() > 0 && GetContainer(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the selection appropriate to the specified object, if any; returns an empty array if none
|
|
|
|
at the level of the object's container.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRangeArray GetSelectionForObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the given position is within the selection.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool WithinSelection(long pos, wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the given position is within the selection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool WithinSelection(long pos) const { return WithinSelection(pos, m_ranges); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the given position is within the selection range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool WithinSelection(long pos, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the given range is within the selection range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool WithinSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRangeArray m_ranges;
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* m_container;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextDrawingContext
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A class for passing information to drawing and measuring functions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextDrawingContext: public wxObject
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Pass the buffer to the context so the context can retrieve information
|
|
|
|
such as virtual attributes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextDrawingContext(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
void Init();
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Does this object have virtual attributes?
|
|
|
|
Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without
|
|
|
|
affecting the actual styling.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the virtual attributes for this object.
|
|
|
|
Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without
|
|
|
|
affecting the actual styling.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttr GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Applies any virtual attributes relevant to this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool ApplyVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-04 07:52:14 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the count for mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
|
|
|
|
For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(wxRichTextObject* obj) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
|
|
|
|
For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
|
|
|
|
The function is passed the count returned by GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxArrayInt& positions,
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttrArray& attributes) const;
|
2013-02-04 07:52:14 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Do we have virtual text for this object? Virtual text allows an application
|
|
|
|
to replace characters in an object for editing and display purposes, for example
|
|
|
|
for highlighting special characters.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool HasVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the virtual text for this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool GetVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj, wxString& text) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Enables virtual attribute processing.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void EnableVirtualAttributes(bool b);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if virtual attribute processing is enabled.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool GetVirtualAttributesEnabled() const;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextBuffer* m_buffer;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextObject
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the base for drawable rich text objects.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextObject: public wxObject
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Constructor, taking an optional parent pointer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual ~wxRichTextObject();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overridables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
|
|
|
|
example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range,
|
|
|
|
const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
|
2013-08-21 09:24:48 -04:00
|
|
|
Layout must set the cached size. @a rect is the available space for the object,
|
2012-01-09 09:19:50 -05:00
|
|
|
and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size
|
|
|
|
or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box).
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect,
|
|
|
|
const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus
|
|
|
|
information about position. @a contextObj is returned to specify what object
|
|
|
|
position is relevant to, since otherwise there's an ambiguity.
|
|
|
|
@ obj might not be a child of @a contextObj, since we may be referring to the container itself
|
|
|
|
if we have no hit on a child - for example if we click outside an object.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The function puts the position in @a textPosition if one is found.
|
|
|
|
@a pt is in logical units (a zero y position is at the beginning of the buffer).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@return One of the ::wxRichTextHitTestFlags values.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt,
|
|
|
|
long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj,
|
|
|
|
int flags = 0);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index,
|
|
|
|
wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2013-05-31 19:20:53 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the best size, i.e.\ the ideal starting size for this object irrespective
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
of available space. For a short text string, it will be the size that exactly encloses
|
|
|
|
the text. For a longer string, it might use the parent width for example.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxSize GetBestSize() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range
|
|
|
|
is invalid for this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent,
|
|
|
|
wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags,
|
|
|
|
const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0),
|
|
|
|
const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize,
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const = 0;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Do a split from @a pos, returning an object containing the second part, and setting
|
|
|
|
the first part in 'this'.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long pos);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Calculates the range of the object. By default, guess that the object is 1 unit long.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Deletes the given range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the object is empty.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool IsEmpty() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if this class of object is floatable.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool IsFloatable() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object is currently floating.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool IsFloating() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the floating direction.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual int GetFloatDirection() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns any text in this object for the given range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object can merge itself with the given one.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object merged itself with the given one.
|
|
|
|
The calling code will then delete the given object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
|
2013-02-04 07:52:14 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object can potentially be split, by virtue of having
|
|
|
|
different virtual attributes for individual sub-objects.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CanSplit(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the final object in the split objects if this object was split due to differences between sub-object virtual attributes.
|
|
|
|
Returns itself if it was not split.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Split(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Dump object data to the given output stream for debugging.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool CanEditProperties() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Edits the object's properties via a GUI.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2013-05-31 19:20:53 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns @true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e.\ a call to SetFocusObject
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus,
|
|
|
|
but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Imports this object from XML.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Exports this object directly to the given stream, bypassing the creation of a wxXmlNode hierarchy.
|
|
|
|
This method is considerably faster than creating a tree first. However, both versions of ExportXML must be
|
|
|
|
implemented so that if the tree method is made efficient in the future, we can deprecate the
|
|
|
|
more verbose direct output method. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT is defined (on by default).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Exports this object to the given parent node, usually creating at least one child node.
|
|
|
|
This method is less efficient than the direct-to-stream method but is retained to allow for
|
|
|
|
switching to this method if we make it more efficient. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT is defined
|
|
|
|
(on by default).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object takes note of paragraph attributes (text and image objects don't).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the XML node name of this object. This must be overridden for wxXmlNode-base XML export to work.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Invalidates the object at the given range. With no argument, invalidates the whole object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object can handle the selections of its children, fOr example a table.
|
|
|
|
Required for composite selection handling to work.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions.
|
|
|
|
For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long start, long end) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the cached object size as calculated by Layout.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxSize GetCachedSize() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the cached object size as calculated by Layout.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual void SetCachedSize(const wxSize& sz);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
|
|
|
|
us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxSize GetMaxSize() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
|
|
|
|
us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& sz);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
|
|
|
|
us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows
|
|
|
|
us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& sz);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the 'natural' size for an object. For an image, it would be the
|
|
|
|
image size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object position in pixels.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the object position in pixels.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the absolute object position, by traversing up the child/parent hierarchy.
|
|
|
|
TODO: may not be needed, if all object positions are in fact relative to the
|
|
|
|
top of the coordinate space.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the rectangle enclosing the object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxRect GetRect() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the object's range within its container.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object's range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object's range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange& GetRange();
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Set the object's own range, for a top-level object with its own position space.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetOwnRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange();
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object's own range only if a top-level object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange GetOwnRangeIfTopLevel() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object is composite.
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool IsComposite() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects,
|
|
|
|
@false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool IsAtomic() const;
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns a pointer to the parent object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* GetParent() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the pointer to the parent object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual void SetParent(wxRichTextObject* parent);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the top-level container of this object.
|
|
|
|
May return itself if it's a container; use GetParentContainer to return
|
|
|
|
a different container.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the top-level container of this object.
|
|
|
|
Returns a different container than itself, unless there's no parent, in which case it will return NULL.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetParentContainer() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Set the margin around the object, in pixels.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void SetMargins(int margin);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Set the margin around the object, in pixels.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void SetMargins(int leftMargin, int rightMargin, int topMargin, int bottomMargin);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the left margin of the object, in pixels.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual int GetLeftMargin() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the right margin of the object, in pixels.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual int GetRightMargin() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the top margin of the object, in pixels.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual int GetTopMargin() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the bottom margin of the object, in pixels.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual int GetBottomMargin() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Calculates the available content space in the given rectangle, given the
|
|
|
|
margins, border and padding specified in the object's attributes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual wxRect GetAvailableContentArea(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& outerRect) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr,
|
2012-01-09 09:19:50 -05:00
|
|
|
lays out the object again using the minimum size. @a availableParentSpace is the maximum space
|
|
|
|
for the object, whereas @a availableContainerSpace is the container with which relative positions and
|
|
|
|
sizes should be computed. For example, a text box whose space has already been constrained
|
|
|
|
in a previous layout pass to @a availableParentSpace, but should have a width of 50% of @a availableContainerSpace.
|
|
|
|
(If these two rects were the same, a 2nd pass could see the object getting too small.)
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool LayoutToBestSize(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
|
2012-01-09 09:19:50 -05:00
|
|
|
const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& attr,
|
|
|
|
const wxRect& availableParentSpace, const wxRect& availableContainerSpace, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the object's attributes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object's attributes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object's attributes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes();
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-04-24 07:22:18 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the object's properties.
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties();
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object's properties.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-04-24 07:22:18 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the object's properties.
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the stored descent value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetDescent(int descent);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the stored descent value.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
int GetDescent() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the containing buffer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextBuffer* GetBuffer() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the identifying name for this object as a property using the "name" key.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetName(const wxString& name);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the identifying name for this object from the properties, using the "name" key.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
wxString GetName() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2013-05-31 19:20:53 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e.\ contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box.
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool IsTopLevel() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the object will be shown, @false otherwise.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
bool IsShown() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Call to show or hide this object. This function does not cause the content to be
|
|
|
|
laid out or redrawn.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual void Show(bool show);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clones the object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copies the object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextObject& obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple
|
|
|
|
lists (not yet used).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
void Reference();
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple
|
|
|
|
lists (not yet used).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Dereference();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC& dc, int units) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int ppi, int units, double scale = 1.0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(wxDC& dc, int pixels) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int ppi, int pixels, double scale = 1.0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Draws the borders and background for the given rectangle and attributes.
|
|
|
|
@a boxRect is taken to be the outer margin box, not the box around the content.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-09-27 09:36:46 -04:00
|
|
|
static bool DrawBoxAttributes(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& boxRect, int flags = 0, wxRichTextObject* obj = NULL);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Draws a border.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, const wxRect& rect, int flags = 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the various rectangles of the box model in pixels. You can either specify @a contentRect (inner)
|
|
|
|
or @a marginRect (outer), and the other must be the default rectangle (no width or height).
|
|
|
|
Note that the outline doesn't affect the position of the rectangle, it's drawn in whatever space
|
|
|
|
is available.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
static bool GetBoxRects(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr,
|
|
|
|
wxRect& marginRect, wxRect& borderRect, wxRect& contentRect,
|
|
|
|
wxRect& paddingRect, wxRect& outlineRect);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the total margin for the object in pixels, taking into account margin, padding and border size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
static bool GetTotalMargin(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr,
|
|
|
|
int& leftMargin, int& rightMargin, int& topMargin, int& bottomMargin);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the rectangle which the child has available to it given restrictions specified in the
|
|
|
|
child attribute, e.g. 50% width of the parent, 400 pixels, x position 20% of the parent, etc.
|
2012-01-09 09:19:50 -05:00
|
|
|
availableContainerSpace might be a parent that the cell has to compute its width relative to.
|
|
|
|
E.g. a cell that's 50% of its parent.
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
static wxRect AdjustAvailableSpace(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr,
|
|
|
|
const wxRichTextAttr& childAttr, const wxRect& availableParentSpace,
|
|
|
|
const wxRect& availableContainerSpace);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
wxSize m_size;
|
|
|
|
wxSize m_maxSize;
|
|
|
|
wxSize m_minSize;
|
|
|
|
wxPoint m_pos;
|
|
|
|
int m_descent; // Descent for this object (if any)
|
|
|
|
int m_refCount;
|
|
|
|
bool m_show;
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObject* m_parent;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The range of this object (start position to end position)
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange m_range;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The internal range of this object, if it's a top-level object with its own range space
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange m_ownRange;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Attributes
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttr m_attributes;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Properties
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextProperties m_properties;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextObjectList;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextCompositeObject
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Objects of this class can contain other objects.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextCompositeObject: public wxRichTextObject
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
// Constructors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCompositeObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
|
|
|
|
virtual ~wxRichTextCompositeObject();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overridables
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt,
|
|
|
|
long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj,
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index,
|
|
|
|
wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent,
|
|
|
|
wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags,
|
|
|
|
const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0),
|
|
|
|
const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize,
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the children.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren();
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the children.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of children.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
size_t GetChildCount() const ;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the nth child.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObject* GetChild(size_t n) const ;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object is composite.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool IsComposite() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects,
|
|
|
|
@false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool IsAtomic() const;
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns true if the buffer is empty.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool IsEmpty() const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the child object at the given character position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* GetChildAtPosition(long pos) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj);
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
void operator= (const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Appends a child, returning the position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
size_t AppendChild(wxRichTextObject* child) ;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Inserts the child in front of the given object, or at the beginning.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool InsertChild(wxRichTextObject* child, wxRichTextObject* inFrontOf) ;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes and optionally deletes the specified child.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool RemoveChild(wxRichTextObject* child, bool deleteChild = false) ;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Deletes all the children.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool DeleteChildren() ;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Recursively merges all pieces that can be merged.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-02-04 07:52:14 -05:00
|
|
|
bool Defragment(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObjectList m_children;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextParagraphBox
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This class knows how to lay out paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextCompositeObject, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox: public wxRichTextCompositeObject
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
// Constructors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Init(); Copy(obj); }
|
|
|
|
~wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overridables
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-28 12:23:09 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("paragraphlayout"); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Associates a control with the buffer, for operations that for example require refreshing the window.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_ctrl = ctrl; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the associated control.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_ctrl; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetPartialParagraph(bool partialPara) { m_partialParagraph = partialPara; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool GetPartialParagraph() const { return m_partialParagraph; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the style sheet associated with the overall buffer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to insert paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-01-05 10:48:21 -05:00
|
|
|
bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to insert the given text.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-01-05 10:48:21 -05:00
|
|
|
bool InsertTextWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to insert the given text.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-01-05 10:48:21 -05:00
|
|
|
bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to insert the given image.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-01-05 10:48:21 -05:00
|
|
|
bool InsertImageWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock,
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags,
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr);
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to insert the given field. Field data can be included in properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextField* InsertFieldWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& fieldType,
|
|
|
|
const wxRichTextProperties& properties,
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags,
|
|
|
|
const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the style that is appropriate for a new paragraph at this position.
|
|
|
|
If the previous paragraph has a paragraph style name, looks up the next-paragraph
|
|
|
|
style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttr GetStyleForNewParagraph(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool lookUpNewParaStyle=false) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Inserts an object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-01-05 10:48:21 -05:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to delete this range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Draws the floating objects in this buffer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
void DrawFloats(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Moves an anchored object to another paragraph.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void MoveAnchoredObjectToParagraph(wxRichTextParagraph* from, wxRichTextParagraph* to, wxRichTextObject* obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Initializes the object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Init();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears all the children.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void Clear();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears and initializes with one blank paragraph.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void Reset();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Convenience function to add a paragraph of text.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Convenience function to add an image.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextRange AddImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds multiple paragraphs, based on newlines.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraphs(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the line at the given position. If @a caretPosition is true, the position is
|
|
|
|
a caret position, which is normally a smaller number.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the line at the given y pixel position, or the last line.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtYPosition(int y) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the paragraph at the given character or caret position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the line size at the given position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxSize GetLineSizeAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Given a position, returns the number of the visible line (potentially many to a paragraph),
|
|
|
|
starting from zero at the start of the buffer. We also have to pass a bool (@a startOfLine)
|
|
|
|
that indicates whether the caret is being shown at the end of the previous line or at the start
|
|
|
|
of the next, since the caret can be shown at two visible positions for the same underlying
|
|
|
|
position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual long GetVisibleLineNumber(long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool startOfLine = false) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Given a line number, returns the corresponding wxRichTextLine object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(long lineNumber) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the leaf object in a paragraph at this position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* GetLeafObjectAtPosition(long position) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the paragraph by number.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtLine(long paragraphNumber) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the paragraph for a given line.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphForLine(wxRichTextLine* line) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the length of the paragraph.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual int GetParagraphLength(long paragraphNumber) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual int GetParagraphCount() const { return static_cast<int>(GetChildCount()); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of visible lines.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual int GetLineCount() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the text of the paragraph.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetParagraphText(long paragraphNumber) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Converts zero-based line column and paragraph number to a position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Converts a zero-based position to line column and paragraph number.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long* x, long* y) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the attributes for the given range. Pass flags to determine how the
|
|
|
|
attributes are set.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
|
|
|
|
of text. So, for example, to set the style for a character at position 5,
|
|
|
|
use the range (5,5).
|
|
|
|
This differs from the wxRichTextCtrl API, where you would specify (5,6).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@a flags may contain a bit list of the following values:
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE: no style flag.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be
|
|
|
|
undoable.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE: specifies that the style should not be applied
|
|
|
|
if the combined style at this point is already the style in question.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be
|
|
|
|
applied to paragraphs, and not the content.
|
|
|
|
This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that
|
|
|
|
of e.g. a named paragraph style.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be
|
|
|
|
applied to characters, and not the paragraph.
|
|
|
|
This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that
|
|
|
|
of e.g. a named paragraph style.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET: resets (clears) the existing style before applying
|
|
|
|
the new style.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE: removes the specified style.
|
|
|
|
Only the style flags are used in this operation.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the attributes for the given object only, for example the box attributes for a text box.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void SetStyle(wxRichTextObject *obj, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the combined text attributes for this position.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This function gets the @e uncombined style - that is, the attributes associated
|
|
|
|
with the paragraph or character content, and not necessarily the combined
|
|
|
|
attributes you see on the screen. To get the combined attributes, use GetStyle().
|
|
|
|
If you specify (any) paragraph attribute in @e style's flags, this function
|
|
|
|
will fetch the paragraph attributes.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, it will return the character attributes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the content (uncombined) attributes for this position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Implementation helper for GetStyle. If combineStyles is true, combine base, paragraph and
|
|
|
|
context attributes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DoGetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style, bool combineStyles = true);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
This function gets a style representing the common, combined attributes in the
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
given range.
|
|
|
|
Attributes which have different values within the specified range will not be
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
included the style flags.
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
The function is used to get the attributes to display in the formatting dialog:
|
|
|
|
the user can edit the attributes common to the selection, and optionally specify the
|
|
|
|
values of further attributes to be applied uniformly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To apply the edited attributes, you can use SetStyle() specifying
|
|
|
|
the wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE flag, which will only apply attributes that
|
|
|
|
are different from the @e combined attributes within the range.
|
|
|
|
So, the user edits the effective, displayed attributes for the range,
|
|
|
|
but his choice won't be applied unnecessarily to content. As an example,
|
|
|
|
say the style for a paragraph specifies bold, but the paragraph text doesn't
|
|
|
|
specify a weight.
|
|
|
|
The combined style is bold, and this is what the user will see on-screen and
|
|
|
|
in the formatting dialog. The user now specifies red text, in addition to bold.
|
|
|
|
When applying with SetStyle(), the content font weight attributes won't be
|
|
|
|
changed to bold because this is already specified by the paragraph.
|
|
|
|
However the text colour attributes @e will be changed to show red.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextAttr& style);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Combines @a style with @a currentStyle for the purpose of summarising the attributes of a range of
|
|
|
|
content.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool CollectStyle(wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the list attributes for the given range, passing flags to determine how
|
|
|
|
the attributes are set.
|
|
|
|
Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
|
|
|
|
sheet) can be passed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@a flags is a bit list of the following:
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
|
|
|
|
@a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
|
|
|
|
as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see NumberList(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle().
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
|
|
|
|
virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears the list style from the given range, clearing list-related attributes
|
|
|
|
and applying any named paragraph style associated with each paragraph.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@a flags is a bit list of the following:
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), NumberList()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Numbers the paragraphs in the given range.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set.
|
|
|
|
Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
|
|
|
|
sheet) can be passed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@a flags is a bit list of the following:
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
|
|
|
|
@a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
|
|
|
|
as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@a def can be NULL to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
|
|
|
|
virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Promotes the list items within the given range.
|
|
|
|
A positive @a promoteBy produces a smaller indent, and a negative number
|
|
|
|
produces a larger indent. Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set.
|
|
|
|
Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current
|
|
|
|
sheet) can be passed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@a flags is a bit list of the following:
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from
|
|
|
|
@a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used
|
|
|
|
as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see SetListStyle(), SetListStyle(), ClearListStyle()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
|
|
|
|
virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Helper for NumberList and PromoteList, that does renumbering and promotion simultaneously
|
|
|
|
@a def can be NULL/empty to indicate that the existing list style should be used.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DoNumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& promotionRange, int promoteBy, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Fills in the attributes for numbering a paragraph after previousParagraph.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool FindNextParagraphNumber(wxRichTextParagraph* previousParagraph, wxRichTextAttr& attr) const;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 07:56:53 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the properties for the given range, passing flags to determine how the
|
|
|
|
attributes are set. You can merge properties or replace them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span
|
|
|
|
of text, plus one. So, for example, to set the properties for a character at
|
|
|
|
position 5, use the range (5,6).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@a flags may contain a bit list of the following values:
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE: no flag.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be
|
|
|
|
undoable.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be
|
|
|
|
applied to paragraphs, and not the content.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be
|
|
|
|
applied to characters, and not the paragraph.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET: resets (clears) the existing properties before applying
|
|
|
|
the new properties.
|
|
|
|
- wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE: removes the specified properties.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool SetProperties(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextProperties& properties, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any
|
|
|
|
of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
|
|
|
|
can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have
|
|
|
|
flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any
|
|
|
|
of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You
|
|
|
|
can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have
|
|
|
|
flags indicating which attributes are of interest.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(*this); }
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-25 10:10:09 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Prepares the content just before insertion (or after buffer reset).
|
|
|
|
Currently is only called if undo mode is on.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void PrepareContent(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& container);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Insert fragment into this box at the given position. If partialParagraph is true,
|
|
|
|
it is assumed that the last (or only) paragraph is just a piece of data with no paragraph
|
|
|
|
marker.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool InsertFragment(long position, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Make a copy of the fragment corresponding to the given range, putting it in @a fragment.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CopyFragment(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void operator= (const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj) { Copy(obj); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Calculate ranges.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void UpdateRanges();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Get all the text.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetText() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the default style, affecting the style currently being applied
|
|
|
|
(for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently
|
|
|
|
inserted text to be bold).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is not cumulative - setting the default style will replace the previous
|
|
|
|
default style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting it to a default attribute object makes new content take on the 'basic' style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the current default style, affecting the style currently being applied
|
|
|
|
(for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently
|
|
|
|
inserted text to be bold).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const { return m_defaultAttributes; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the basic (overall) style. This is the style of the whole
|
|
|
|
buffer before further styles are applied, unlike the default style, which
|
|
|
|
only affects the style currently being applied (for example, setting the default
|
|
|
|
style to bold will cause subsequently inserted text to be bold).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { m_attributes = style; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the basic (overall) style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is the style of the whole buffer before further styles are applied,
|
|
|
|
unlike the default style, which only affects the style currently being
|
|
|
|
applied (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause
|
|
|
|
subsequently inserted text to be bold).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetBasicStyle() const { return m_attributes; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Invalidates the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Do the (in)validation for this object only.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void DoInvalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Do the (in)validation both up and down the hierarchy.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void InvalidateHierarchy(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gather information about floating objects. If untilObj is non-NULL,
|
|
|
|
will stop getting information if the current object is this, since we
|
|
|
|
will collect the rest later.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool UpdateFloatingObjects(const wxRect& availableRect, wxRichTextObject* untilObj = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Get invalid range, rounding to entire paragraphs if argument is true.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange GetInvalidRange(bool wholeParagraphs = false) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object needs layout.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsDirty() const { return m_invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the wxRichTextFloatCollector of this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFloatCollector* GetFloatCollector() { return m_floatCollector; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of floating objects at this level.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetFloatingObjectCount() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns a list of floating objects.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl;
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttr m_defaultAttributes;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The invalidated range that will need full layout
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange m_invalidRange;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Is the last paragraph partial or complete?
|
|
|
|
bool m_partialParagraph;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The floating layout state
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFloatCollector* m_floatCollector;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextBox
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This class implements a floating or inline text box, containing paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextBox: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
// Constructors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextBox(const wxRichTextBox& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overridables
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("textbox"); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Box"); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBox(*this); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextBox& obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextField
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This class implements the general concept of a field, an object that represents
|
|
|
|
additional functionality such as a footnote, a bookmark, a page number, a table
|
|
|
|
of contents, and so on. Extra information (such as a bookmark name) can be stored
|
|
|
|
in the object properties.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Drawing, layout, and property editing is delegated to classes derived
|
|
|
|
from wxRichTextFieldType, such as instances of wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard; this makes
|
|
|
|
the use of fields an efficient method of introducing extra functionality, since
|
|
|
|
most of the information required to draw a field (such as a bitmap) is kept centrally
|
|
|
|
in a single field type definition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The FieldType property, accessed by SetFieldType/GetFieldType, is used to retrieve
|
|
|
|
the field type definition. So be careful not to overwrite this property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextField is derived from wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, which means that it
|
|
|
|
can contain its own read-only content, refreshed when the application calls the UpdateField
|
|
|
|
function. Whether a field is treated as a composite or a single graphic is determined
|
|
|
|
by the field type definition. If using wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, passing the display
|
|
|
|
type wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE to the field type definition causes the field
|
|
|
|
to behave like a composite; the other display styles display a simple graphic.
|
|
|
|
When implementing a composite field, you will still need to derive from wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
|
|
|
|
or wxRichTextFieldType, if only to implement UpdateField to refresh the field content
|
|
|
|
appropriately. wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard is only one possible implementation, but
|
|
|
|
covers common needs especially for simple, static fields using text or a bitmap.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Register field types on application initialisation with the static function
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextBuffer::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically on
|
|
|
|
application exit.
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An application can write a field to a control with wxRichTextCtrl::WriteField,
|
|
|
|
taking a field type, the properties for the field, and optional attributes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextProperties, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextField: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
// Constructors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextField(const wxString& fieldType = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextField(const wxRichTextField& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overridables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-28 12:23:09 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("field"); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CanEditProperties() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
If a field has children, we don't want the user to be able to edit it.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return true; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool IsTopLevel() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void SetFieldType(const wxString& fieldType) { GetProperties().SetProperty(wxT("FieldType"), fieldType); }
|
|
|
|
wxString GetFieldType() const { return GetProperties().GetPropertyString(wxT("FieldType")); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Update the field; delegated to the associated field type. This would typically expand the field to its value,
|
|
|
|
if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextField(*this); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextField& obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextFieldType
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The base class for custom field types. Each type definition handles one
|
|
|
|
field type. Override functions to provide drawing, layout, updating and
|
|
|
|
property editing functionality for a field.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Register field types on application initialisation with the static function
|
2013-06-08 19:24:04 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextBuffer::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically on
|
|
|
|
application exit.
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextFieldType: public wxObject
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Creates a field type definition.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFieldType(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
|
|
|
|
: m_name(name)
|
|
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFieldType(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType) { Copy(fieldType); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType) { m_name = fieldType.m_name; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
|
|
|
|
example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
|
2013-08-21 09:24:48 -04:00
|
|
|
Layout must set the cached size. @a rect is the available space for the object,
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size
|
|
|
|
or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range
|
|
|
|
is invalid for this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-02-28 12:23:09 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const = 0;
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool CanEditProperties(wxRichTextField* obj) const { return false; }
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Edits the object's properties via a GUI.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool EditProperties(wxRichTextField* obj, wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer) { return false; }
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel(wxRichTextField* obj) const { return wxEmptyString; }
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Update the field. This would typically expand the field to its value,
|
|
|
|
if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextField* obj) { return false; }
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2013-05-31 19:20:53 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e.\ contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box.
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* obj) const { return true; }
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxString m_name;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap;
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A field type that can handle fields with text or bitmap labels, with a small range
|
|
|
|
of styles for implementing rectangular fields and fields that can be used for start
|
|
|
|
and end tags.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The border, text and background colours can be customised; the default is
|
|
|
|
white text on a black background.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following display styles can be used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@beginStyleTable
|
|
|
|
@style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE}
|
|
|
|
Creates a composite field; you will probably need to derive a new class to implement UpdateField.
|
|
|
|
@style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE}
|
|
|
|
Shows a rounded rectangle background.
|
|
|
|
@style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER}
|
|
|
|
Suppresses the background and border; mostly used with a bitmap label.
|
|
|
|
@style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG}
|
|
|
|
Shows a start tag background, with the pointy end facing right.
|
|
|
|
@style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG}
|
|
|
|
Shows an end tag background, with the pointy end facing left.
|
|
|
|
@endStyleTable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard: public wxRichTextFieldType
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Display style types
|
|
|
|
enum { wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE = 0x01,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE = 0x02,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER = 0x04,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG = 0x08,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG = 0x10
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Constructor, creating a field type definition with a text label.
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-21 09:24:48 -04:00
|
|
|
@param name
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type
|
|
|
|
name used when adding a field to a control.
|
|
|
|
@param label
|
|
|
|
The text label to be shown on the field.
|
|
|
|
@param displayStyle
|
|
|
|
The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxString& label, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Constructor, creating a field type definition with a bitmap label.
|
|
|
|
|
2013-08-21 09:24:48 -04:00
|
|
|
@param name
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type
|
|
|
|
name used when adding a field to a control.
|
2013-08-21 09:24:48 -04:00
|
|
|
@param bitmap
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
The bitmap label to be shown on the field.
|
|
|
|
@param displayStyle
|
|
|
|
The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxBitmap& bitmap, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
The default constructor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard() { Init(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
The copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field) { Copy(field); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Initialises the object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Init();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copies the object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
The assignment operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void operator=(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field) { Copy(field); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for
|
|
|
|
example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint.
|
2013-08-21 09:24:48 -04:00
|
|
|
Layout must set the cached size. @a rect is the available space for the object,
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size
|
|
|
|
or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range
|
|
|
|
is invalid for this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-02-28 12:23:09 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Get the size of the field, given the label, font size, and so on.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxSize GetSize(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int style) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the display type is wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE, @false otherwise.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* obj) const { return (GetDisplayStyle() & wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE) != 0; }
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the text label for fields of this type.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the text label for fields of this type.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the bitmap label for fields of this type.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the bitmap label for fields of this type.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the display style for fields of this type.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetDisplayStyle() const { return m_displayStyle; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the display style for fields of this type.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetDisplayStyle(int displayStyle) { m_displayStyle = displayStyle; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the font used for drawing the text label.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the font used for drawing the text label.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the colour used for drawing the text label.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_textColour; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the colour used for drawing the text label.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_textColour = colour; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the colour used for drawing the field border.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxColour& GetBorderColour() const { return m_borderColour; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the colour used for drawing the field border.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetBorderColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the colour used for drawing the field background.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_backgroundColour; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the colour used for drawing the field background.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_backgroundColour = colour; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetVerticalPadding(int padding) { m_verticalPadding = padding; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetVerticalPadding() const { return m_verticalPadding; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetHorizontalPadding(int padding) { m_horizontalPadding = padding; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetHorizontalPadding() const { return m_horizontalPadding; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetHorizontalMargin(int margin) { m_horizontalMargin = margin; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetHorizontalMargin() const { return m_horizontalMargin; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the vertical margin surrounding the field object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetVerticalMargin(int margin) { m_verticalMargin = margin; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the vertical margin surrounding the field object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetVerticalMargin() const { return m_verticalMargin; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxString m_label;
|
|
|
|
int m_displayStyle;
|
|
|
|
wxFont m_font;
|
|
|
|
wxColour m_textColour;
|
|
|
|
wxColour m_borderColour;
|
|
|
|
wxColour m_backgroundColour;
|
|
|
|
int m_verticalPadding;
|
|
|
|
int m_horizontalPadding;
|
|
|
|
int m_horizontalMargin;
|
|
|
|
int m_verticalMargin;
|
|
|
|
wxBitmap m_bitmap;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextLine
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This object represents a line in a paragraph, and stores
|
|
|
|
offsets from the start of the paragraph representing the
|
|
|
|
start and end positions of the line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextLine
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
// Constructors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextLine(wxRichTextParagraph* parent);
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextLine(const wxRichTextLine& obj) { Init( NULL); Copy(obj); }
|
|
|
|
virtual ~wxRichTextLine() {}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overridables
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the range associated with this line.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the range associated with this line.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetRange(long from, long to) { m_range = wxRichTextRange(from, to); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the parent paragraph.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraph* GetParent() { return m_parent; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the absolute range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange GetAbsoluteRange() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the line size as calculated by Layout.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the line size as calculated by Layout.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void SetSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object position relative to the parent.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the object position relative to the parent.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the absolute object position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the rectangle enclosing the line.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetAbsolutePosition(), GetSize()); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the stored descent.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the stored descent.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() { return m_objectSizes; }
|
|
|
|
const wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() const { return m_objectSizes; }
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Initialises the object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Init(wxRichTextParagraph* parent);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copies from @a obj.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextLine& obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextLine* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextLine(*this); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The range of the line (start position to end position)
|
|
|
|
// This is relative to the parent paragraph.
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange m_range;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Size and position measured relative to top of paragraph
|
|
|
|
wxPoint m_pos;
|
|
|
|
wxSize m_size;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Maximum descent for this line (location of text baseline)
|
|
|
|
int m_descent;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The parent object
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraph* m_parent;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt m_objectSizes;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextLineList;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextParagraph
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This object represents a single paragraph containing various objects such as text content, images, and further paragraph layout objects.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextParagraph: public wxRichTextCompositeObject
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
// Constructors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Constructor taking a parent and style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraph(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Constructor taking a text string, a parent and paragraph and character attributes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL);
|
|
|
|
virtual ~wxRichTextParagraph();
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraph(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Copy(obj); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overridables
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-28 12:23:09 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("paragraph"); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the cached lines.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextLineList& GetLines() { return m_cachedLines; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copies the object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraph(*this); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears the cached lines.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void ClearLines();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Implementation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Applies paragraph styles such as centering to the wrapped lines.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void ApplyParagraphStyle(wxRichTextLine* line, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Inserts text at the given position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool InsertText(long pos, const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Splits an object at this position if necessary, and returns
|
|
|
|
the previous object, or NULL if inserting at the beginning.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* SplitAt(long pos, wxRichTextObject** previousObject = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Moves content to a list from this point.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void MoveToList(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxList& list);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds content back from a list.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void MoveFromList(wxList& list);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the plain text searching from the start or end of the range.
|
|
|
|
The resulting string may be shorter than the range given.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool GetContiguousPlainText(wxString& text, const wxRichTextRange& range, bool fromStart = true);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Finds a suitable wrap position. @a wrapPosition is the last position in the line to the left
|
|
|
|
of the split.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
bool FindWrapPosition(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int availableSpace, long& wrapPosition, wxArrayInt* partialExtents);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Finds the object at the given position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObject* FindObjectAtPosition(long position);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the bullet text for this paragraph.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxString GetBulletText();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Allocates or reuses a line object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextLine* AllocateLine(int pos);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears remaining unused line objects, if any.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool ClearUnusedLines(int lineCount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns combined attributes of the base style, paragraph style and character style. We use this to dynamically
|
|
|
|
retrieve the actual style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& contentStyle, bool includingBoxAttr = false) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the combined attributes of the base style and paragraph style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(bool includingBoxAttr = false) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the first position from pos that has a line break character.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Creates a default tabstop array.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void InitDefaultTabs();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears the default tabstop array.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void ClearDefaultTabs();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the default tabstop array.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static const wxArrayInt& GetDefaultTabs() { return sm_defaultTabs; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Lays out the floating objects.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-04-30 16:23:30 -04:00
|
|
|
void LayoutFloat(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style, wxRichTextFloatCollector* floatCollector);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The lines that make up the wrapped paragraph
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextLineList m_cachedLines;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Default tabstops
|
|
|
|
static wxArrayInt sm_defaultTabs;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
friend class wxRichTextFloatCollector;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextPlainText
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This object represents a single piece of text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextPlainText: public wxRichTextObject
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
// Constructors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextPlainText(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextPlainText(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj): wxRichTextObject() { Copy(obj); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overridables
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-28 12:23:09 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long pos);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return m_text.empty(); }
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-04 07:52:14 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-04 07:52:14 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool CanSplit(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Split(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Get the first position from pos that has a line break character.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Does this object take note of paragraph attributes? Text and image objects don't.
|
|
|
|
virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return false; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("text"); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the text.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the text.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Copies the text object,
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Clones the text object.
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextPlainText(*this); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
|
|
bool DrawTabbedString(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxString& str, wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, bool selected);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
wxString m_text;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextImageBlock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This class stores information about an image, in binary in-memory form.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextImageBlock: public wxObject
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextImageBlock();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextImageBlock(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
|
|
|
|
virtual ~wxRichTextImageBlock();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Initialises the block.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Init();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears the block.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Clear();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Load the original image into a memory block.
|
|
|
|
If the image is not a JPEG, we must convert it into a JPEG
|
|
|
|
to conserve space.
|
|
|
|
If it's not a JPEG we can make use of @a image, already scaled, so we don't have to
|
|
|
|
load the image a second time.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool MakeImageBlock(const wxString& filename, wxBitmapType imageType,
|
|
|
|
wxImage& image, bool convertToJPEG = true);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Make an image block from the wxImage in the given
|
|
|
|
format.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool MakeImageBlock(wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType, int quality = 80);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Uses a const wxImage for efficiency, but can't set quality (only relevant for JPEG)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Makes the image block.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DoMakeImageBlock(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Writes the block to a file.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool Write(const wxString& filename);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Writes the data in hex to a stream.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool WriteHex(wxOutputStream& stream);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Reads the data in hex from a stream.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool ReadHex(wxInputStream& stream, int length, wxBitmapType imageType);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy from @a block.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Load a wxImage from the block
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool Load(wxImage& image);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Operators
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Assignment operation.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void operator=(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the raw data.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
unsigned char* GetData() const { return m_data; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the data size in bytes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_dataSize; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the image type.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxBitmapType GetImageType() const { return m_imageType; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetData(unsigned char* image) { m_data = image; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the data size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetDataSize(size_t size) { m_dataSize = size; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the image type.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetImageType(wxBitmapType imageType) { m_imageType = imageType; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the data is non-NULL.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsOk() const { return GetData() != NULL; }
|
|
|
|
bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the extension for the block's type.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxString GetExtension() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Implementation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Allocates and reads from a stream as a block of memory.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static unsigned char* ReadBlock(wxInputStream& stream, size_t size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Allocates and reads from a file as a block of memory.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static unsigned char* ReadBlock(const wxString& filename, size_t size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Writes a memory block to stream.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool WriteBlock(wxOutputStream& stream, unsigned char* block, size_t size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Writes a memory block to a file.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool WriteBlock(const wxString& filename, unsigned char* block, size_t size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
// Size in bytes of the image stored.
|
|
|
|
// This is in the raw, original form such as a JPEG file.
|
|
|
|
unsigned char* m_data;
|
|
|
|
size_t m_dataSize;
|
|
|
|
wxBitmapType m_imageType;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextImage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This class implements a graphic object.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextImageBlock
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextImage: public wxRichTextObject
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
// Constructors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextImage(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL): wxRichTextObject(parent) { }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Creates a wxRichTextImage from a wxImage.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Creates a wxRichTextImage from an image block.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImage& obj): wxRichTextObject(obj) { Copy(obj); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overridables
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-28 12:23:09 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the 'natural' size for this object - the image size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; /* !m_imageBlock.IsOk(); */ }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Picture"); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return false; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Images can be floatable (optionally).
|
|
|
|
virtual bool IsFloatable() const { return true; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("image"); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the image cache (a scaled bitmap).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxBitmap& GetImageCache() const { return m_imageCache; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the image cache.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetImageCache(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_imageCache = bitmap; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Resets the image cache.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void ResetImageCache() { m_imageCache = wxNullBitmap; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the image block containing the raw data.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextImageBlock& GetImageBlock() { return m_imageBlock; }
|
|
|
|
|
2012-04-25 07:42:31 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the original image size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxSize GetOriginalImageSize() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the original image size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetOriginalImageSize(const wxSize& sz);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copies the image object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextImage& obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clones the image object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextImage(*this); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Creates a cached image at the required size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2013-02-28 12:23:09 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool LoadImageCache(wxDC& dc, bool resetCache = false, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextImageBlock m_imageBlock;
|
|
|
|
wxBitmap m_imageCache;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextCommand;
|
|
|
|
class wxRichTextAction;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextBuffer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is a kind of paragraph layout box, used to represent the whole buffer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextBuffer: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
// Constructors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextBuffer() { Init(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextBuffer(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Init(); Copy(obj); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual ~wxRichTextBuffer() ;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the command processor.
|
|
|
|
A text buffer always creates its own command processor when it is initialized.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxCommandProcessor* GetCommandProcessor() const { return m_commandProcessor; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets style sheet, if any. This will allow the application to use named character and paragraph
|
|
|
|
styles found in the style sheet.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neither the buffer nor the control owns the style sheet so must be deleted by the application.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { m_styleSheet = styleSheet; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the style sheet.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_styleSheet; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the style sheet and sends a notification of the change.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool SetStyleSheetAndNotify(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Pushes the style sheet to the top of the style sheet stack.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Pops the style sheet from the top of the style sheet stack.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextStyleSheet* PopStyleSheet();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() { return m_fontTable; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() const { return m_fontTable; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table) { m_fontTable = table; }
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-20 08:25:22 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable
|
|
|
|
editing.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetFontScale(double fontScale);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable
|
|
|
|
editing.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
double GetFontScale() const { return m_fontScale; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation and
|
|
|
|
inter-paragraph spacing. This can be useful when editing in a small control
|
|
|
|
where you still want legible text, but a minimum of wasted white space.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetDimensionScale(double dimScale);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation
|
|
|
|
and inter-paragraph spacing.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
double GetDimensionScale() const { return m_dimensionScale; }
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Initialisation.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Init();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears the buffer, adds an empty paragraph, and clears the command processor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void ResetAndClearCommands();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Loads content from a stream or file.
|
|
|
|
Not all handlers will implement file loading.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
|
|
|
|
virtual bool LoadFile(wxInputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Saves content to a stream or file.
|
|
|
|
Not all handlers will implement file saving.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
|
|
|
|
virtual bool SaveFile(wxOutputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY);
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetHandlerFlags(int flags) { m_handlerFlags = flags; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetHandlerFlags() const { return m_handlerFlags; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Convenience function to add a paragraph of text.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL) { Modify(); return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraph(text, paraStyle); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begin collapsing undo/redo commands. Note that this may not work properly
|
|
|
|
if combining commands that delete or insert content, changing ranges for
|
|
|
|
subsequent actions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@a cmdName should be the name of the combined command that will appear
|
|
|
|
next to Undo and Redo in the edit menu.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
End collapsing undo/redo commands.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool EndBatchUndo();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if we are collapsing commands.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool BatchingUndo() const { return m_batchedCommandDepth > 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submit the action immediately, or delay according to whether collapsing is on.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction* action);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the collapsed command.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextCommand* GetBatchedCommand() const { return m_batchedCommand; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begin suppressing undo/redo commands. The way undo is suppressed may be implemented
|
|
|
|
differently by each command. If not dealt with by a command implementation, then
|
|
|
|
it will be implemented automatically by not storing the command in the undo history
|
|
|
|
when the action is submitted to the command processor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool BeginSuppressUndo();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
End suppressing undo/redo commands.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool EndSuppressUndo();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Are we suppressing undo??
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool SuppressingUndo() const { return m_suppressUndo > 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy the range to the clipboard.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Paste the clipboard content to the buffer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool PasteFromClipboard(long position);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if we can paste from the clipboard.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CanPasteFromClipboard() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begin using a style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool BeginStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
End the style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool EndStyle();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
End all styles.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool EndAllStyles();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears the style stack.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void ClearStyleStack();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the size of the style stack, for example to check correct nesting.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual size_t GetStyleStackSize() const { return m_attributeStack.GetCount(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins using bold.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginBold();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends using bold.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndBold() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins using italic.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginItalic();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends using italic.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndItalic() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins using underline.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginUnderline();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends using underline.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndUnderline() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins using point size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginFontSize(int pointSize);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends using point size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndFontSize() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins using this font.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginFont(const wxFont& font);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends using a font.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndFont() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins using this colour.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginTextColour(const wxColour& colour);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends using a colour.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndTextColour() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins using alignment.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends alignment.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndAlignment() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins using @a leftIndent for the left indent, and optionally @a leftSubIndent for
|
|
|
|
the sub-indent. Both are expressed in tenths of a millimetre.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The sub-indent is an offset from the left of the paragraph, and is used for all
|
|
|
|
but the first line in a paragraph. A positive value will cause the first line to appear
|
|
|
|
to the left of the subsequent lines, and a negative value will cause the first line to be
|
|
|
|
indented relative to the subsequent lines.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent = 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends left indent.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndLeftIndent() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins a right indent, specified in tenths of a millimetre.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends right indent.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndRightIndent() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins paragraph spacing; pass the before-paragraph and after-paragraph spacing
|
|
|
|
in tenths of a millimetre.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginParagraphSpacing(int before, int after);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends paragraph spacing.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndParagraphSpacing() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins line spacing using the specified value. @e spacing is a multiple, where
|
|
|
|
10 means single-spacing, 15 means 1.5 spacing, and 20 means double spacing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ::wxTextAttrLineSpacing enumeration values are defined for convenience.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends line spacing.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndLineSpacing() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins numbered bullet.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This call will be needed for each item in the list, and the
|
|
|
|
application should take care of incrementing the numbering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@a bulletNumber is a number, usually starting with 1.
|
|
|
|
@a leftIndent and @a leftSubIndent are values in tenths of a millimetre.
|
|
|
|
@a bulletStyle is a bitlist of the following values:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextBuffer uses indentation to render a bulleted item.
|
|
|
|
The left indent is the distance between the margin and the bullet.
|
|
|
|
The content of the paragraph, including the first line, starts
|
|
|
|
at leftMargin + leftSubIndent.
|
|
|
|
So the distance between the left edge of the bullet and the
|
|
|
|
left of the actual paragraph is leftSubIndent.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends numbered bullet.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndNumberedBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins applying a symbol bullet, using a character from the current font.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used
|
|
|
|
to render the bulleted paragraph.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString& symbol, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends symbol bullet.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndSymbolBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins applying a standard bullet, using one of the standard bullet names
|
|
|
|
(currently @c standard/circle or @c standard/square.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used to
|
|
|
|
render the bulleted paragraph.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginStandardBullet(const wxString& bulletName, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends standard bullet.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndStandardBullet() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins named character style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString& characterStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends named character style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndCharacterStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins named paragraph style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString& paragraphStyle);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends named character style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndParagraphStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins named list style.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Optionally, you can also pass a level and a number.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginListStyle(const wxString& listStyle, int level = 1, int number = 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends named character style.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndListStyle() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Begins applying wxTEXT_ATTR_URL to the content.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pass a URL and optionally, a character style to apply, since it is common
|
|
|
|
to mark a URL with a familiar style such as blue text with underlining.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool BeginURL(const wxString& url, const wxString& characterStyle = wxEmptyString);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Ends URL.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool EndURL() { return EndStyle(); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Event handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds an event handler.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A buffer associated with a control has the control as the only event handler,
|
|
|
|
but the application is free to add more if further notification is required.
|
|
|
|
All handlers are notified of an event originating from the buffer, such as
|
|
|
|
the replacement of a style sheet during loading.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The buffer never deletes any of the event handlers, unless RemoveEventHandler()
|
|
|
|
is called with @true as the second argument.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool AddEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes an event handler from the buffer's list of handlers, deleting the
|
|
|
|
object if @a deleteHandler is @true.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler, bool deleteHandler = false);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clear event handlers.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void ClearEventHandlers();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Send event to event handlers. If sendToAll is true, will send to all event handlers,
|
|
|
|
otherwise will stop at the first successful one.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool SendEvent(wxEvent& event, bool sendToAll = true);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Implementation
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copies the buffer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Assignment operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void operator= (const wxRichTextBuffer& obj) { Copy(obj); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clones the buffer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBuffer(*this); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to insert paragraphs.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2012-02-20 16:56:34 -05:00
|
|
|
bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to insert the given text.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool InsertTextWithUndo(long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to insert a newline.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to insert the given image.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool InsertImageWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0,
|
|
|
|
const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to insert an object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Submits a command to delete this range.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Mark modified.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Modify(bool modify = true) { m_modified = modify; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if the buffer was modified.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool IsModified() const { return m_modified; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//@{
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Dumps contents of buffer for debugging purposes.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual void Dump();
|
|
|
|
virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream) { wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Dump(stream); }
|
|
|
|
//@}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the file handlers.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds a file handler to the end.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Inserts a file handler at the front.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes a file handler.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Finds a file handler by name.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Finds a file handler by extension and type.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxRichTextFileType imageType);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Finds a handler by filename or, if supplied, type.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandlerFilenameOrType(const wxString& filename,
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFileType imageType);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Finds a handler by type.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(wxRichTextFileType imageType);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets a wildcard incorporating all visible handlers. If @a types is present,
|
|
|
|
it will be filled with the file type corresponding to each filter. This can be
|
|
|
|
used to determine the type to pass to LoadFile given a selected filter.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static wxString GetExtWildcard(bool combine = false, bool save = false, wxArrayInt* types = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clean up file handlers.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void CleanUpHandlers();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Initialise the standard file handlers.
|
|
|
|
Currently, only the plain text loading/saving handler is initialised by default.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void InitStandardHandlers();
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the drawing handlers.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static wxList& GetDrawingHandlers() { return sm_drawingHandlers; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds a drawing handler to the end.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void AddDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Inserts a drawing handler at the front.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void InsertDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes a drawing handler.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool RemoveDrawingHandler(const wxString& name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Finds a drawing handler by name.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static wxRichTextDrawingHandler *FindDrawingHandler(const wxString& name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clean up drawing handlers.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void CleanUpDrawingHandlers();
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the field types.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap& GetFieldTypes() { return sm_fieldTypes; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds a field type.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see RemoveFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void AddFieldType(wxRichTextFieldType *fieldType);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Removes a field type by name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see AddFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool RemoveFieldType(const wxString& name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Finds a field type by name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see RemoveFieldType(), AddFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static wxRichTextFieldType *FindFieldType(const wxString& name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Cleans up field types.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void CleanUpFieldTypes();
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the renderer object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static wxRichTextRenderer* GetRenderer() { return sm_renderer; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets @a renderer as the object to be used to render certain aspects of the
|
|
|
|
content, such as bullets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can override default rendering by deriving a new class from
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRenderer or wxRichTextStdRenderer, overriding one or more
|
|
|
|
virtual functions, and setting an instance of the class using this function.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void SetRenderer(wxRichTextRenderer* renderer);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int GetBulletRightMargin() { return sm_bulletRightMargin; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void SetBulletRightMargin(int margin) { sm_bulletRightMargin = margin; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static float GetBulletProportion() { return sm_bulletProportion; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void SetBulletProportion(float prop) { sm_bulletProportion = prop; }
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the scale factor for calculating dimensions.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
double GetScale() const { return m_scale; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the scale factor for calculating dimensions.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetScale(double scale) { m_scale = scale; }
|
|
|
|
|
2013-01-14 11:19:45 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the floating layout mode. The default is @true, where objects
|
|
|
|
are laid out according to their floating status.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool GetFloatingLayoutMode();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the floating layout mode. Pass @false to speed up editing by not performing
|
|
|
|
floating layout. This setting affects all buffers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void SetFloatingLayoutMode(bool mode);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Command processor
|
|
|
|
wxCommandProcessor* m_commandProcessor;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Table storing fonts
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextFontTable m_fontTable;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Has been modified?
|
|
|
|
bool m_modified;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Collapsed command stack
|
|
|
|
int m_batchedCommandDepth;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Name for collapsed command
|
|
|
|
wxString m_batchedCommandsName;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Current collapsed command accumulating actions
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCommand* m_batchedCommand;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Whether to suppress undo
|
|
|
|
int m_suppressUndo;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Style sheet, if any
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextStyleSheet* m_styleSheet;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// List of event handlers that will be notified of events
|
|
|
|
wxList m_eventHandlers;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Stack of attributes for convenience functions
|
|
|
|
wxList m_attributeStack;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Flags to be passed to handlers
|
|
|
|
int m_handlerFlags;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// File handlers
|
|
|
|
static wxList sm_handlers;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
/// Drawing handlers
|
|
|
|
static wxList sm_drawingHandlers;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
/// Field types
|
|
|
|
static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap sm_fieldTypes;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/// Renderer
|
|
|
|
static wxRichTextRenderer* sm_renderer;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm
|
|
|
|
static int sm_bulletRightMargin;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size
|
|
|
|
static float sm_bulletProportion;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Scaling factor in use: needed to calculate correct dimensions when printing
|
|
|
|
double m_scale;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextCell
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-29 06:06:15 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextCell is the cell in a table, in which the user can type. As well as
|
|
|
|
text, it can also contain objects e.g. an image, or even another wxRichTextTable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A cell's appearance can be changed via its associated wxRichTextAttr; for example
|
|
|
|
its size altered or its background colour set. It also has the properties of
|
|
|
|
column- and row-span. By default these are 1, meaning that the cell only spans
|
|
|
|
itself, but can be increased using the SetColspan() and SetRowspan() methods.
|
|
|
|
Attempts to set too large a span are silently truncated to the table edge.
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextCell: public wxRichTextBox
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
// Constructors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCell(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCell(const wxRichTextCell& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overridables
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-09-22 16:34:16 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("cell"); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Cell"); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
2013-06-29 06:06:15 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of columns spanned by the cell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default a cell doesn't span extra columns, so this function returns 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@since 2.9.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see SetColspan(), GetRowspan()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetColspan() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Set the number of columns spanned by the cell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default colspan is 1 i.e. a cell doesn't span extra columns. Pass a value >1
|
|
|
|
to change this. Attempting to set a colspan <1 will assert and be ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@since 2.9.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see GetColspan(), SetRowspan()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetColspan(long span);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of rows spanned by the cell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default a cell doesn't span extra rows, so this function returns 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@since 2.9.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see SetRowspan(), GetColspan()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetRowspan() const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Set the number of rows spanned by the cell.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default colspan is 1 i.e. a cell doesn't span extra rows. Pass a value >1
|
|
|
|
to change this. Attempting to set a rowspan <1 will assert and be ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@since 2.9.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see GetRowspan(), SetColspan()
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetRowspan(long span);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextCell(*this); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextCell& obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextTable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextTable represents a table with arbitrary columns and rows.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextObjectPtrArray;
|
|
|
|
class wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextTable: public wxRichTextBox
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Constructors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextTable(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextTable(const wxRichTextTable& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Overridables
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-09-22 16:34:16 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("table"); }
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-02-28 12:23:09 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT
|
|
|
|
virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Can this object handle the selections of its children? FOr example, a table.
|
|
|
|
virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const { return true; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions.
|
|
|
|
/// For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table.
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long start, long end) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Table"); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Returns true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e. a call to SetFocusObject
|
|
|
|
// is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus,
|
|
|
|
// but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead).
|
|
|
|
virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Accessors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the cells array.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() const { return m_cells; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the cells array.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() { return m_cells; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the row count.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetRowCount() const { return m_rowCount; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the column count.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int GetColumnCount() const { return m_colCount; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the cell at the given row/column position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(int row, int col) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the cell at the given character position (in the range of the table).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(long pos) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the row/column for a given character position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool GetCellRowColumnPosition(long pos, int& row, int& col) const;
|
|
|
|
|
2013-05-26 11:32:12 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the coordinates of the cell with keyboard focus, or (-1,-1) if none.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual wxPosition GetFocusedCell() const;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears the table.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual void ClearTable();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Creates a table of the given dimensions.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CreateTable(int rows, int cols);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the attributes for the cells specified by the selection.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool SetCellStyle(const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Deletes rows from the given row position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DeleteRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Deletes columns from the given column position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DeleteColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds rows from the given row position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool AddRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds columns from the given column position.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool AddColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Makes a clone of this object.
|
|
|
|
virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextTable(*this); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Copies this object.
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextTable& obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int m_rowCount;
|
|
|
|
int m_colCount;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// An array of rows, each of which is a wxRichTextObjectPtrArray containing
|
|
|
|
// the cell objects. The cell objects are also children of this object.
|
|
|
|
// Problem: if boxes are immediate children of a box, this will cause problems
|
|
|
|
// with wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functions (and functions elsewhere) that
|
|
|
|
// expect to find just paragraphs. May have to adjust the way we handle the
|
|
|
|
// hierarchy to accept non-paragraph objects in a paragraph layout box.
|
|
|
|
// We'll be overriding much wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functionality so this
|
|
|
|
// may not be such a problem. Perhaps the table should derive from a different
|
|
|
|
// class?
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray m_cells;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-09-29 09:35:58 -04:00
|
|
|
/** @class wxRichTextTableBlock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stores the coordinates for a block of cells.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
class wxRichTextTableBlock
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextTableBlock() { Init(); }
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextTableBlock(int colStart, int colEnd, int rowStart, int rowEnd)
|
|
|
|
{ Init(); m_colStart = colStart; m_colEnd = colEnd; m_rowStart = rowStart; m_rowEnd = rowEnd; }
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextTableBlock(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block) { Copy(block); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Init() { m_colStart = 0; m_colEnd = 0; m_rowStart = 0; m_rowEnd = 0; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
m_colStart = block.m_colStart; m_colEnd = block.m_colEnd; m_rowStart = block.m_rowStart; m_rowEnd = block.m_rowEnd;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void operator=(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block) { Copy(block); }
|
|
|
|
bool operator==(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block)
|
|
|
|
{ return m_colStart == block.m_colStart && m_colEnd == block.m_colEnd && m_rowStart == block.m_rowStart && m_rowEnd == block.m_rowEnd; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Computes the block given a table (perhaps about to be edited) and a rich text control
|
|
|
|
/// that may have a selection. If no selection, the whole table is used. If just the whole content
|
|
|
|
/// of one cell is selected, this cell only is used. If the cell contents is not selected and
|
|
|
|
/// requireCellSelection is @false, the focused cell will count as a selected cell.
|
|
|
|
bool ComputeBlockForSelection(wxRichTextTable* table, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool requireCellSelection = true);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Does this block represent the whole table?
|
|
|
|
bool IsWholeTable(wxRichTextTable* table) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Returns the cell focused in the table, if any
|
|
|
|
static wxRichTextCell* GetFocusedCell(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int& ColStart() { return m_colStart; }
|
|
|
|
int ColStart() const { return m_colStart; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int& ColEnd() { return m_colEnd; }
|
|
|
|
int ColEnd() const { return m_colEnd; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int& RowStart() { return m_rowStart; }
|
|
|
|
int RowStart() const { return m_rowStart; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int& RowEnd() { return m_rowEnd; }
|
|
|
|
int RowEnd() const { return m_rowEnd; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int m_colStart, m_colEnd, m_rowStart, m_rowEnd;
|
|
|
|
};
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
The command identifiers for Do/Undo.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
enum wxRichTextCommandId
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_INSERT,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_DELETE,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE,
|
|
|
|
wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextObjectAddress
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A class for specifying an object anywhere in an object hierarchy,
|
|
|
|
without using a pointer, necessary since wxRTC commands may delete
|
|
|
|
and recreate sub-objects so physical object addresses change. An array
|
|
|
|
of positions (one per hierarchy level) is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextCommand
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextObjectAddress
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Creates the address given a container and an object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObjectAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj) { Create(topLevelContainer, obj); }
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObjectAddress() { Init(); }
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObjectAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void Init() {}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Copies the address.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void Copy(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_address = address.m_address; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Assignment operator.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void operator=(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the object specified by the address, given a top level container.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObject* GetObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer) const;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Creates the address given a container and an object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool Create(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the array of integers representing the object address.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt& GetAddress() { return m_address; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the array of integers representing the object address.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
const wxArrayInt& GetAddress() const { return m_address; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the address from an array of integers.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetAddress(const wxArrayInt& address) { m_address = address; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt m_address;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextAction;
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextCommand
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Implements a command on the undo/redo stack. A wxRichTextCommand object contains one or more wxRichTextAction
|
|
|
|
objects, allowing aggregation of a number of operations into one command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextAction
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextCommand: public wxCommand
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Constructor for one action.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer,
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Constructor for multiple actions.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual ~wxRichTextCommand();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Performs the command.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool Do();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Undoes the command.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool Undo();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Adds an action to the action list.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void AddAction(wxRichTextAction* action);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Clears the action list.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void ClearActions();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns the action list.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxList& GetActions() { return m_actions; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxList m_actions;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextAction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Implements a part of a command.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextCommand
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextAction: public wxObject
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Constructor. @a buffer is the top-level buffer, while @a container is the object within
|
|
|
|
which the action is taking place. In the simplest case, they are the same.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextAction(wxRichTextCommand* cmd, const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id,
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container,
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual ~wxRichTextAction();
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Performs the action.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
bool Do();
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Undoes the action.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
bool Undo();
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Updates the control appearance, optimizing if possible given information from the call to Layout.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void UpdateAppearance(long caretPosition, bool sendUpdateEvent = false,
|
|
|
|
wxArrayInt* optimizationLineCharPositions = NULL, wxArrayInt* optimizationLineYPositions = NULL, bool isDoCmd = true);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Replaces the buffer paragraphs with the given fragment.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void ApplyParagraphs(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the new fragments.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetNewParagraphs() { return m_newParagraphs; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the old fragments.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetOldParagraphs() { return m_oldParagraphs; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the attributes, for single-object commands.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address
|
|
|
|
and the action's range start position.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextObject* GetObject() const { return m_object; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2013-05-06 09:39:01 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Stores the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address
|
|
|
|
without making an address for it
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see SetObject(), MakeObject()).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void StoreObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; }
|
|
|
|
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address
|
|
|
|
and the action's range start position.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, m_object); }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Makes an address from the given object.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void MakeObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, obj); }
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-09-24 08:05:54 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Sets the existing and new objects, for use with wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetOldAndNewObjects(wxRichTextObject* oldObj, wxRichTextObject* newObj);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Calculate arrays for refresh optimization.
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void CalculateRefreshOptimizations(wxArrayInt& optimizationLineCharPositions, wxArrayInt& optimizationLineYPositions);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the position used for e.g. insertion.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetPosition(long pos) { m_position = pos; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the position used for e.g. insertion.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
long GetPosition() const { return m_position; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the range for e.g. deletion.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the range for e.g. deletion.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() { return m_containerAddress; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() const { return m_containerAddress; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetContainerAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_containerAddress = address; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetContainerAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_containerAddress.Create(container, obj); }
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the container that this action refers to, using the container address and top-level buffer.
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the action name.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
// Action name
|
|
|
|
wxString m_name;
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Buffer
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextBuffer* m_buffer;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// The address (nested position) of the container being manipulated.
|
|
|
|
// This is necessary because objects are deleted, and we can't
|
|
|
|
// therefore store actual pointers.
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObjectAddress m_containerAddress;
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Control
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl;
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Stores the new paragraphs
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox m_newParagraphs;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Stores the old paragraphs
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox m_oldParagraphs;
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Stores an object to replace the one at the position
|
|
|
|
// defined by the container address and the action's range start position.
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObject* m_object;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Stores the attributes
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextAttr m_attributes;
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// The address of the object being manipulated (used for changing an individual object or its attributes)
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextObjectAddress m_objectAddress;
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Stores the old attributes
|
|
|
|
// wxRichTextAttr m_oldAttributes;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// The affected range
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextRange m_range;
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// The insertion point for this command
|
|
|
|
long m_position;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Ignore 1st 'Do' operation because we already did it
|
|
|
|
bool m_ignoreThis;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// The command identifier
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextCommandId m_cmdId;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
* Handler flags
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Include style sheet when loading and saving
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_INCLUDE_STYLESHEET 0x0001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Save images to memory file system in HTML handler
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_MEMORY 0x0010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Save images to files in HTML handler
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_FILES 0x0020
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// Save images as inline base64 data in HTML handler
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_BASE64 0x0040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Don't write header and footer (or BODY), so we can include the fragment
|
|
|
|
// in a larger document
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_NO_HEADER_FOOTER 0x0080
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Convert the more common face names to names that will work on the current platform
|
|
|
|
// in a larger document
|
|
|
|
#define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_CONVERT_FACENAMES 0x0100
|
2008-03-10 11:24:38 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextFileHandler
|
2008-03-08 09:43:31 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
The base class for file handlers.
|
2008-03-08 09:43:31 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
2008-03-09 13:09:29 -04:00
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextFileHandler: public wxObject
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Creates a file handler object.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextFileHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, const wxString& ext = wxEmptyString, int type = 0)
|
|
|
|
: m_name(name), m_extension(ext), m_type(type), m_flags(0), m_visible(true)
|
|
|
|
{ }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Loads the buffer from a stream.
|
|
|
|
Not all handlers will implement file loading.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream)
|
|
|
|
{ return DoLoadFile(buffer, stream); }
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Saves the buffer to a stream.
|
|
|
|
Not all handlers will implement file saving.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream)
|
|
|
|
{ return DoSaveFile(buffer, stream); }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Loads the buffer from a file.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Saves the buffer to a file.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns @true if we handle this filename (if using files). By default, checks the extension.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns @true if we can save using this handler.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool CanSave() const { return false; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns @true if we can load using this handler.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CanLoad() const { return false; }
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if this handler should be visible to the user.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool IsVisible() const { return m_visible; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets whether the handler should be visible to the user (via the application's
|
|
|
|
load and save dialogs).
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual void SetVisible(bool visible) { m_visible = visible; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the name of the handler.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the name of the handler.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the default extension to recognise.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the default extension to recognise.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the handler type.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetType(int type) { m_type = type; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the handler type.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
int GetType() const { return m_type; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets flags that change the behaviour of loading or saving.
|
|
|
|
See the documentation for each handler class to see what flags are relevant
|
|
|
|
for each handler.
|
|
|
|
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
You call this function directly if you are using a file handler explicitly
|
2008-10-09 12:30:57 -04:00
|
|
|
(without going through the text control or buffer LoadFile/SaveFile API).
|
|
|
|
Or, you can call the control or buffer's SetHandlerFlags function to set
|
|
|
|
the flags that will be used for subsequent load and save operations.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns flags controlling how loading and saving is done.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
void SetEncoding(const wxString& encoding) { m_encoding = encoding; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
const wxString& GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; }
|
2008-10-13 07:29:37 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2008-10-13 07:29:37 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Override to load content from @a stream into @a buffer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream) = 0;
|
2008-10-13 07:29:37 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Override to save content to @a stream from @a buffer.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxString m_name;
|
|
|
|
wxString m_encoding;
|
|
|
|
wxString m_extension;
|
|
|
|
int m_type;
|
|
|
|
int m_flags;
|
|
|
|
bool m_visible;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextPlainTextHandler
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Implements saving a buffer to plain text.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextFileHandler, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextPlainTextHandler: public wxRichTextFileHandler
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
2013-06-08 19:23:32 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextPlainTextHandler(const wxString& name = "Text",
|
|
|
|
const wxString& ext = "txt",
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT)
|
|
|
|
: wxRichTextFileHandler(name, ext, type)
|
|
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Can we save using this handler?
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CanSave() const { return true; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Can we load using this handler?
|
|
|
|
virtual bool CanLoad() const { return true; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream);
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextDrawingHandler
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The base class for custom drawing handlers.
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
Currently, drawing handlers can provide virtual attributes.
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextDrawingHandler: public wxObject
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Creates a drawing handler object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextDrawingHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
|
|
|
|
: m_name(name)
|
|
|
|
{ }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Returns @true if this object has virtual attributes that we can provide.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Provides virtual attributes that we can provide.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2013-02-04 07:52:14 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the count for mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
|
|
|
|
For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object.
|
|
|
|
For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting.
|
|
|
|
Returns the number of virtual attributes found.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxArrayInt& positions, wxRichTextAttrArray& attributes) const = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Do we have virtual text for this object? Virtual text allows an application
|
|
|
|
to replace characters in an object for editing and display purposes, for example
|
|
|
|
for highlighting special characters.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool HasVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj) const = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
Gets the virtual text for this object.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
virtual bool GetVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj, wxString& text) const = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
Sets the name of the handler.
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2012-05-09 07:06:04 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the name of the handler.
|
2012-01-17 15:03:13 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
wxString GetName() const { return m_name; }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
protected:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
wxString m_name;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2008-03-10 11:24:38 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextBufferDataObject
|
2008-03-08 09:43:31 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Implements a rich text data object for clipboard transfer.
|
2008-03-08 09:43:31 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
2008-03-09 13:09:29 -04:00
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxDataObjectSimple, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextBufferDataObject: public wxDataObjectSimple
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
The constructor doesn't copy the pointer, so it shouldn't go away while this object
|
|
|
|
is alive.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextBufferDataObject(wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer = NULL);
|
|
|
|
virtual ~wxRichTextBufferDataObject();
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
After a call to this function, the buffer is owned by the caller and it
|
|
|
|
is responsible for deleting it.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBuffer();
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Returns the id for the new data format.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
static const wxChar* GetRichTextBufferFormatId() { return ms_richTextBufferFormatId; }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// base class pure virtuals
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir) const;
|
|
|
|
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
|
|
|
|
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const;
|
|
|
|
virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
// prevent warnings
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const { return GetDataSize(); }
|
|
|
|
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(buf); }
|
|
|
|
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(len, buf); }
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
private:
|
|
|
|
wxDataFormat m_formatRichTextBuffer; // our custom format
|
|
|
|
wxRichTextBuffer* m_richTextBuffer; // our data
|
|
|
|
static const wxChar* ms_richTextBufferFormatId; // our format id
|
|
|
|
};
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextRenderer
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
This class isolates some common drawing functionality.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextRenderer: public wxObject
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Constructor.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextRenderer() {}
|
|
|
|
virtual ~wxRichTextRenderer() {}
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Draws a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Draws a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets. This function should be overridden.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text) = 0;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Draws a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0;
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported. This function should be overridden.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames) = 0;
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
|
|
@class wxRichTextStdRenderer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The standard renderer for drawing bullets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@library{wxrichtext}
|
|
|
|
@category{richtext}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@see wxRichTextRenderer, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
class wxRichTextStdRenderer: public wxRichTextRenderer
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
public:
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
/**
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
Constructor.
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
wxRichTextStdRenderer() {}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Draw a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Draw a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Draw a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName
|
|
|
|
virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported
|
|
|
|
virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames);
|
2008-03-08 08:52:38 -05:00
|
|
|
};
|
2008-03-10 11:24:38 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
/*!
|
|
|
|
* Utilities
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
inline bool wxRichTextHasStyle(int flags, int style)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
return ((flags & style) == style);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Compare two attribute objects
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2);
|
|
|
|
bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Apply one style to another
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Remove attributes
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
bool wxRichTextRemoveStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Combine two bitlists
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
bool wxRichTextCombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Compare two bitlists
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
bool wxRichTextBitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Split into paragraph and character styles
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
bool wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& parStyle, wxRichTextAttr& charStyle);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Compare tabs
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
bool wxRichTextTabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Convert a decimal to Roman numerals
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
wxString wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(long n);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of
|
|
|
|
// which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects.
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
void wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(wxTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxTextAttr& attr, wxTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextAttr& absentAttr);
|
2011-05-08 14:29:51 -04:00
|
|
|
|
2013-04-30 16:23:20 -04:00
|
|
|
void wxRichTextModuleInit();
|